-
1 as a poet I place him among the first
Общая лексика: как поэта я считаю его одним из первыхУниверсальный англо-русский словарь > as a poet I place him among the first
-
2 place
1. [pleıs] n1. 1) местоsome place, some time - где-нибудь, когда-нибудь
starting place - спорт. центральный круг
jumping place - спорт. сектор для прыжков
landing place - а) спорт. место соскока; б) ав. место приземления
reporting place - спорт. место сбора спортсменов
I can't be at two places at once - я не могу быть в двух местах одновременно
this would be a good place for us to picnic in - это хорошее место для пикника
2) место, город, местечко; (населённый) пунктto come to a place - прибыть в какой-л. пункт /куда-л./
it is a quiet place - это тихое местечко /-ий городок/
N. is a great place for oysters - в N. отлично ловятся устрицыwhat place do you come from? - откуда вы родом?
place of arrival [of destination] - место прибытия [назначения]
3) место, точка на поверхности; участокbad /raw, tender, sore/ place - больное место, болячка
show me the sore place on your arm - покажите, где /в каком месте/ у вас болит рука
2. 1) обычное, привычное, отведённое местоin place - а) на месте; everything in its place - всё на месте; to put a book (back) in its place - поставить книгу на место; to put smth. in the wrong place - поставить /положить/ что-л. не на место; he would be very much in place as a journalist - ему бы очень подошло быть журналистом; б) уместный
out of place - а) не на месте; the book is out of (its) place - книга не на (своём) месте; б) неуместный
to look (sadly) out of place - быть удивительно неуместным /неподходящим/
to give place to smb., smth. - уступить место кому-л., чему-л.
his anger gave place to a feeling of pity - его гнев уступил место жалости
to take the place of smth. - заменить что-л. [ср. тж. 7, 1)]
electricity took the place of candles - на смену свечам пришло электричество
2) сиденье, место (в классе, за столом, в поезде и т. п.)to book /to engage, to secure/ places - заказать билеты
to change places with smb. - обменяться с кем-л. местами
would you like to take my place? - не хотите ли сесть на моё место?
3) место в книге; страница; отрывокto find one's place - найти нужное место в книге [ср. тж. ♢ ]
put smth. to mark the place - заложите чем-л. это место
the author repeats that in another place - автор повторяет это в другом месте
I've lost my place - я не помню, до какого места я дочитал /где я остановился/
3. 1) место, пространствоyou must find place for this bookcase - вы должны найти место для этого книжного шкафа
2) существенное место; важная рольsports never had a place in his life - спорт никогда не занимал важного места в его жизни
3) подходящий момент, ситуацияthis isn't a place to talk about one's private affairs - здесь не место обсуждать свои личные дела
4. (Place) в названиях1) площадь2) небольшая улица, тупик3) имениеPenhurst Place - имение /усадьба/ Пенхерст
5. 1) здание, помещение, место и т. п. специального назначенияplace of joining - воен. призывной пункт
public place - общественное здание, учреждение и т. п.
2) дом, жилищеyou can all come and lunch at our place - вы все можете у нас позавтракать
all over the place - везде, по всему дому
he leaves his things all over the place - он разбрасывает свои вещи по всей квартире
6. 1) имение, загородный домhe has a nice little place in the country - у него хорошенький загородный домик
2) уст. укрепление7. 1) должность, место, службаto take smb.'s place - а) заменять кого-л.; б) занять чьё-л. место; [ср. тж. 2, 1)]
to fill smb.'s place = to take smb.'s place а)
he worked ten years in his last place - на последнем месте он проработал десять лет
has he got a place yet? - нашёл ли он себе работу /место/?
2) высокая государственная должность; ответственная должность, высокий пост3) членство, участие ( в спортивной команде)a place in the Oxford boat - участие /членство/ в гребной команде Оксфордского университета
4) тк. sing дело, право, обязанностьit is not my place to correct his errors - не моё дело исправлять его ошибки
8. положение, статусto know /to keep/ one's place - знать своё место
to put smb. in his (proper) place - поставить кого-л. на место
his place among physicists is in the front rank - он занимает видное место среди физиков
his name has taken its place /has found a place/ in history - его имя вошло в историю
9. спорт.1) второе или третье призовое место2) амер. второе место ( на скачках)10. горн. забой, выработка11. мат. разрядto calculate to five decimal places - вычислить с точностью до одной стотысячной
12. астр. местонахождение ( небесного тела)♢
another place - парл. палата лордовin the first place - а) во-первых, прежде всего; первым делом; б) вообще
to take place - случаться, иметь место
to have /to find/ place - иметь место [ср. тж. 2, 3)]
to have a soft place in one's heart for smb. - питать к кому-л. слабость
the place where you cough - уборная, туалет
2. [pleıs] vthere is no place like home - ≅ в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше
1. 1) ставить, помещать; размещатьto place in the clearest light - полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.)
to place no restrictions on smth. - не устанавливать каких-л. ограничений на что-л.
to place on /in/ orbit - косм. выводить на орбиту; воен. размещать на орбите
to place the bar - спорт. установить планку ( для прыжков)
to place on the defensive - воен. вынуждать ( противника) перейти к обороне
2) помещать, отдавать (куда-л.)to place a child under smb.'s care - отдать ребёнка на чьё-л. попечение
to place in reserve - воен. выделять в резерв
to place smb., smth. in /at/ smb.'s service - отдать /выделить/ кого-л., что-л. в чьё-л. распоряжение
he placed his car in our service - он отдал /предоставил/ свой автомобиль в наше распоряжение
to place oneself under smb.'s orders - поступить в чье-л. распоряжение
to place a matter in smb.'s hands - отдать дело в чьи-л. руки
to place under the command (of) - воен. подчинять, передавать в подчинение
2. определять на должность; ставить на приход ( священника)to place smb. in an office - устроить кого-л. в учреждение
to place smb. in a good situation - устроить кого-л. на хорошую должность
to place smb. in command (of) - поставить кого-л. во главе
he has been placed at the head of the department - его поставили во главе /начальником/ отдела
3. 1) помещать, вкладывать деньги (тж. place out)to place one's money to the best advantage - наилучшим образом поместить свои деньги
to place an amount to smb.'s credit - положить сумму на чей-л. счёт
2) делать, помещать заказto place an order with smb. for goods - поместить заказ у кого-л. /у какой-л. фирмы/ на какие-л. товары
to place a call - амер. заказать разговор по телефону
the French Government placed orders in England - французское правительство поместило заказы в Англии
3) договориться об издании книги, постановке пьесы и т. п.he placed his book with a publisher - он договорился об издании своей книги
4. продавать товары, акцииdifficult to place - плохо продаётся, плохо идёт
5. (in, on) возлагать (надежды и т. п.)to place importance on smth. - придавать значение чему-л.
to place pressure on /upon/ smb. - оказывать давление на кого-л.
to place confidence in /reliance upon/ smb. - довериться кому-л.
no confidence could be placed in any of the twelve judges - из двенадцати судей нельзя было верить ни одному
6. 1) определять местоположение или дату; соотносить (с чем-л.)to try to place the spot where Caesar landed - пытаться определить то место, где высадился Цезарь
the manuscript is placed not later than the tenth century - установлено, что рукопись относится к десятому веку, не позже
I know his face but I cannot place him - мне знакомо его лицо, но я не могу вспомнить, где я его видел /кто он такой и т. п./
he could not place her particular peculiarities of pronunciation - он не мог установить, в чём особенности её произношения
he is a difficult man to place - трудно определить, что он из себя представляет
2) считать, причислять; оцениватьas a poet I place him among the first - как поэта я считаю его одним из первых
3) спорт. определять занятые места в соревновании4) спорт. присудить второе или третье призовое место6) занять (какое-л.) место (на конкурсе, выборах и т. п.)he campaigned for 10 weeks and placed fifth - он проводил предвыборную кампанию десять недель и вышел на пятое место
7. pass1) занимать определённое положениеto be well [badly] placed - занимать хорошее [плохое] положение
2) находиться в определённом положенииI explained to him how I was placed - я объяснил ему, в каком я нахожусь положении, я объяснил ему ситуацию
8. амер. разг. повысить голос (в разговоре, пении)♢
to place a construction on smth., smb. - по-своему понимать, интерпретировать что-л., кого-л.what construction am I to place on that? - как прикажете это понимать?
-
3 place
1. n место, город, местечко; пунктLondon is a noisy place — Лондон — шумный город
2. n место, точка на поверхности; участок3. n обычное, привычное, отведённое место4. n сиденье, место5. n место в книге; страница; отрывокtake the place of — замещать; заменять; занять место
the place whither they went — место, куда они пошли
6. n место, пространство7. n существенное место; важная роль8. n подходящий момент, ситуация9. n в названиях10. n площадь11. n небольшая улица, тупик12. n дом, жилищеall over the place — везде, по всему дому
a regular barrack of a place — не дом, а казарма
13. n имение, загородный дом14. n уст. укрепление15. n должность, место, служба16. n высокая государственная должность; ответственная должность, высокий пост17. n членство, участие18. n тк. дело, право, обязанность19. n положение, статус20. n спорт. второе или третье призовое место21. n спорт. амер. второе местозабой, выработка
22. n спорт. мат. разряд23. n спорт. астр. местонахождениеto take place — случаться, иметь место
24. v ставить, помещать; размещатьto place on orbit — выводить на орбиту; размещать на орбите
25. v помещать, отдаватьplace business — помещать заказы; размещать заказы
26. v определять на должность; ставить на приходfeet together, place — ноги вместе ставь
27. v помещать, вкладывать деньги28. v делать, помещать заказthe French Government placed orders in England — французское правительство поместило заказы в Англии
place money on deposit — вносить деньги на депозит; помещать деньги на депозит
29. v продавать товары, акцииdifficult to place — плохо продаётся, плохо идёт
30. v возлагатьno confidence could be placed in any of the twelve judges — из двенадцати судей нельзя было верить ни одному
31. v определять местоположение или дату; соотноситьto try to place the spot where Caesar landed — пытаться определить то место, где высадился Цезарь
the manuscript is placed not later than the tenth century — установлено, что рукопись относится к десятому веку, не позже
I know his face but I cannot place him — мне знакомо его лицо, но я не могу вспомнить, где я его видел
fire place — камин; топка камина или печи
32. v считать, причислять; оценивать33. v спорт. определять занятые места в соревнованииtake place — случаться; происходить; иметь место
34. v спорт. присудить второе или третье призовое местоlanding place — место высадки, пристань
out of place — не на месте; неуместный
35. v амер. спорт. присудить второе место36. v занять местоhe campaigned for 10 weeks and placed fifth — он проводил предвыборную кампанию десять недель и вышел на пятое место
37. v s38. v занимать определённое положение39. v находиться в определённом положении40. v амер. разг. повысить голосСинонимический ряд:1. area (noun) area; locality; vicinity2. duty (noun) charge; duty; employment; function; responsibility3. home (noun) abode; domicile; dwelling; habitation; home; house; lodgings; residence4. job (noun) appointment; berth; billet; connection; job; office; post; slot5. location (noun) capacity; character; footing; locale; location; locus; plot; point; quality; rank; site; space; spot; standing; state; station; status; stead; where6. occasion (noun) cause; circumstances; ground; occasion; opportunity; position; reason; situation7. region (noun) field; province; region; section; sector; territory8. appoint (verb) appoint; hire; induct9. estimate (verb) approximate; call; estimate; judge; reckon10. fix (verb) affix; assign; blame; fasten; fix; pin on; saddle11. identify (verb) determinate; diagnose; diagnosticate; distinguish; finger; identify; pinpoint; recognise; recognize; spot12. put (verb) arrange; deposit; dispose; establish; lay; locate; order; position; put; set; settle; situate; stick13. rate (verb) categorise; class; classify; grade; group; pigeon-hole; rank; rate14. run (verb) come in; finish; runАнтонимический ряд:discompose; dislodge; dismiss; displace; disturb; eject; empty; eradicate; forget; jumble; misplace; remove -
4 place
pleɪs
1. сущ.
1) а) место to give place to ≈ уступить место( кому-л.) to take the place of ≈ занять( чье-л.) место, заместить( кого-л.) Syn: site б) сиденье, место ( в автомобиле, за столом и т. п.) to engage places, secure places ≈ заказать билеты в) место в книге, страница, отрывок, пассаж
2) а) площадь (часто в названиях, напр., Gloucester Place) б) жилище, усадьба, загородный дом;
резиденция Come down to my place tonight. ≈ Приходи ко мне сегодня вечером. summer place ≈ летняя резиденция в) город, местечко, селение What place do you come from? ≈ Откуда вы родом?
3) а) должность, место, положение, служба б) спорт одно из первых мест (в состязании) to get a place ≈ прийти к финишу в числе первых
4) горн. забой
5) мат. разряд после десятичной точки calculated to six decimal places ≈ с точностью до шестой цифры после запятой ∙ another place ≈ палата лордов in the first place ≈ во-первых in the second place ≈ во-вторых in the next place ≈ затем
2. гл.
1) а) помещать, размещать;
класть, ставить The notice was placed above the door, and I didn't see it. ≈ Объявление было приклеено над дверью, так что я его не заметил. б) помещать, отдавать, посылать( куда-л.) Your suggestion will be placed before the board of directors at their next meeting. ≈ Ваше предложение будет рассмотрено на следующем заседаниии советам директоров. We must make sure to place the children in the right school. ≈ Надо позаботиться о том, чтобы отдать детей в хорошую школу. в) помещать, вкладывать деньги, капитал;
делать, размещать заказ I wish to place some money in this bank. ≈ Я хочу вложить деньги в этот банк. place a call г) возлагать (надежду, ответственность и т. п.) Why are you trying to place the blame on me? ≈ Почему ты пытаешься свалить вину на меня?
2) а) определять на должность, устраивать;
занять (какое-л.) место Who has been placed in charge during the director's absence? ≈ Кого назначили замещать директора в его отсутствие? б) спорт присудить одно из первых мест в) находиться в определенном положении;
поставить в определенное положение What an awkward position I'm now placed in! ≈ В каком же глупом положении я сейчас оказался!
3) а) считать, причислять;
оценивать б) прикидывать, определять примерно (местоположение, дату и т. д.), соотносить( что-л. с чем-л.) I placed her age at
33. ≈ Я бы дал ей 33 года.
4) продавать, сбывать (товар и т. п.) ∙ place aside place back place before place out Syn: happen to place one's cards on the table ≈ раскрыть свои карты to place a construction on ≈ по-своему понимать, интерпретировать Make sure that you don't place the wrong construction on his remark. ≈ Будьте внимательны, чтобы не понять его превратно. to place smth. on one side ≈ отложить to place in jeopardy ≈ поставить под угрозу to place oneself in smb.'s position/shoes ≈ поставить кого-л. на чье-л. место Place yourself in my position, and then perhaps you'll stop complaining. ≈ Станьте на мое место и тогда вы перестанете жаловаться. to place a call to ≈ заказать разговор по телефону место - some * где-то - some *, some time где-нибудь, когда-нибудь - starting * (спортивное) центральный круг - jumping * (спортивное) сектор для прыжков - landing * (спортивное) место соскока;
(авиация) место приземления - turnback * место поворота (велоспорт) - reporting * (спортивное) место сбора спортсменов - I can't be at two *s at once я не могу быть в двух местах одновременно - this would be a good * for us to picnic это хорошее место для пикника место, город, местечко;
(населенный) пункт - holy *s святые места - from * to * с места на место - to move from * to * переезжать с места на место - to come to a * прибыть в какой-л. пункт /куда-л./ - it is a quiet * это тихое местечко /-ий городок/ - London is a noisy * Лондон - шумный город - Bath is a very hot * in summer летом в Бате очень жарко - N. is a great * for oysters в N. отлично ловятся устрицы - what * do you come from? откуда вы родом? - * of arrival место прибытия место, точка на поверхности;
участок - a wet * on the floor мокрое пятно на полу - a rough * on the road скверный участок дороги - bad /raw, tender, sore/ * больное место, болячка - show me the sore * on your arm покажите, где /в каком месте/ у вас болит рука обычное, привычное, отведенное место - in * на месте;
уместный - everything in its * все на месте - to put a book (back) in its * поставить книгу на место - to put smth. in the wrong * поставить /положить/ что-л. не на место - he would be very much in * as a journalist ему бы очень подошло быть журналистом - the proposal is not quite in * это предложение не совсем уместно - out of * не на месте;
неуместный - the book is out of (its) place книга не на (своем) месте - to look (sadly) out of * быть удивительно неуместным /неподходящим/ - remark out of * неуместное замечание - familiarity is quite out of * фамильярность здесь совсем неуместна - to give * to smb., smth. уступить место кому-л., чему-л. - his anger gave * to a feeling of pity его гнев уступил место жалости - to take the * of smth. заменить что-л. - electricity took the * of candles на смену свечам пришло электричество сиденье, место (в классе, за столом, в поезде и т. п.) - to book /to engage, to secure/ *s заказать билеты - to change *s with smb. обменяться с кем-л. местами - go back to your * садитесь на свое место - there is no * for you для вас нет места - would you like to take my *? не хотите ли сесть на мое место? - six *s were laid стол был накрыт на шесть персон место в книге;
страница;
отрывок - to find one's * найти нужное место в книге - put smth. to mark the * заложите чем-л. это место - the author repeats that in another * автор повторяет это в другом месте - I've lost my * я не помню, до какого места я дочитал /где я остановился/ место, пространство - * and time пространство и время - you must find * for this bookcase вы должны найти место для этого книжного шкафа - fear can have no * in his heart в его сердце нет места страху существенное место;
важная роль - sports never had a * in his life спорт никогда не занимал важного места в его жизни подходящий момент, ситуация - this isn't a * to talk about one's private affairs здесь не место обсуждать свои личные дела (P.) в названиях: площадь;
небольшая улица, тупик;
имение - Woburn P. Уоборн-плейс - Penhurst P. имение /усадьба/ Пенхерст здание, помещение, место и т. п. специального назначения - * of amusement место развлечений - * of residence место жительства - * of business контора - * of resort место отдыха - * of worship молитвенный дом - * of joining (военное) призывной пункт - public * общественное здание, учреждение и т. п. дом, жилище - come round to my * tonight заходите ко мне вечерком - you can all come and lunch at our * вы все можете у нас позавтракать - all over the * везде, по всему дому - he leaves his things all over the * он разбрасывает свои вещи по всей квартире - they are looking for you all over the * вас ищут по всему дому имение, загородный дом - he has a * in Hempshire у него имение в Гемпшире - he has a nice little * in the country у него хорошенький загородный домик( устаревшее) укрепление должность, место, служба - out of a * безработный - a * at court придворная должность - the * of President должность президента - to take smb.'s * заменять кого-л.;
занять чье-л. место - to fill smb.'s * заменять кого-л. - he has got a * in the Custom House он получил место на таможне - he worked ten years in his last * на последнем месте он проработал десять лет - has he got a * yet? нашел ли он себе работу /место/? высокая государственная должность;
ответственная должность, высокий пост - hunting after *s погоня за должностями членство, участие( в спортивной команде) - a * in the Oxford boat участие /членство/ в гребной команде Оксфордского университета (тк. в ед. ч.) дело, право, обязанность - it is not my * to corret his errors не мое дело исправлять его ошибки положение, статус - high *s высший свет - to attain a high * достичь высокого положения - to know /to keep/ one's * знать свое место - to put smb. in his (proper) * поставить кого-л. на место - his * among physicists is in the front rank он занимает видное место среди физиков - his name has taken its * /has found a */ in history его имя вошло в историю (спортивное) второе или третье призовое место (американизм) второе место (на скачках) (горное) забой, выработка (математика) разряд - decimal * разряд десятичной дроби - to calculate to five decimal *s вычислить с точностью до одной стотысячной (астрономия) местонахождение( небесного тела) > another * (парламентское) палата лордов > in * of вместо > in the first * во-первых;
прежде всего;
первым делом;
вообще > he shouldn't be here in the first * ему вообще здесь делать нечего > in the second * во-вторых > in the next * затем > to take * случаться, иметь место > changes have taken * произошли изменения > it took * ten years ago это случилось десять лет тому назад > the marriage will not take * этот брак не состоится > to have /to find/ * иметь место > to go *s достичь успеха > to have a soft * in one's heart for smb. питать к кому-л. слабость > the place where you cough уборная, туалет > one's * in the sun место под солнцем > there is no * like home в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше ставить, помещать;
размещать - to * a cake in the oven поставить пирог в духовку - to * a board edgeways поставить доску на ребро - to * sentries расставить часовых - to * in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) - to * in jeopardy поставить под угрозу - to * no restrictions on smth. не устанавливать каких-л. ограничений на что-л. - to * a question on the agenda поставить вопрос на повестку дня - to * on /in/ orbit выводить на орбиту;
(военное) размещать на орбите - to * the bar (спортивное) установить планку (для прыжков) - to * a seal to a document приложить печать к документу - to * in inverted commas поставить в кавычки - to * down the weight опустить штангу (тяжелая атлетика) - to * oneself on all fours переходить в партер (борьба) - to * on the defensive( военное) вынуждать( противника) перейти к обороне помещать, отдавать (куда-л.) - to * a child under smb.'s care отдать ребенка на чье-л. попечение - to * a child for adoption отдать ребенка на усыновление - to * in reserve( военное) выделять в резерв - to * smb., smth. in /at/ smb.'s service отдать /выделить/ кого-л., что-л. в чье-л. распоряжение - he *d his car in our service он отдал /предоставил/ свой автомобиль в наше распоряжение - to * oneself under smb.'s orders поступить в чье-л. распоряжение - to * a matter in smb.'s hands отдать дело в чьи-л. руки - I * my fate in your hands я отдаю свою судьбу в ваши руки - to * under the command (of) (военное) подчинять, передавать в подчинение определять на должность;
ставить на приход( священника) - to * smb. in an office устроить кого-л. в учреждение - to * smb. in a good situation устроить кого-л. на хорошую должность - to * smb. in command поставить кого-л. во главе - I am placing you in charge вы будете старшим - he has been *d at the head of the department его поставили во главе /начальником/ отдела помещать, вкладывать деньги (тж. * out) - to * one's money to the best advantage наилучшим образом поместить свои деньги - to * an amount to smb.'s credit положить сумму на чей-л. счет делать, помещать заказ - to * an order with smb. for goods поместить заказ у кого-л. /у какой-л. фирмы/ на какие-л. товары - to * a call (американизм) заказать разговор по телефону - the French Government *d orders in England французское правительство поместило заказы в Англии договориться об издании книги, постановке пьесы и т. п. - to * a play пристроить пьесу - he *d his book with a publisher он договорился об издании своей книги продавать товары, акации - difficult to * плохо продается, плохо идет (in, on) возлагать (надежды и т. п.) - to * importance on smth. придавать значение чему-л. - to * pressure on /upon/ smb. оказывать давление на кого-л. - to * confidence in /reliance upon/ smb. довериться кому-л. - no confidence could be *d in any of the twelve judges из двенадцати судей нельзя было верить ни одному определять местоположение или дату;
соотносить (с чем-л.) - to try to * the spot where Caesar landed пытаться определить то место, где высадился Цезарь - to * a manuscript датировать рукопись - the manuscript is *d not later than the tenth century установлено, что рукопись относится к десятому веку, не позже - I know his face but I cannot * him мне знакомо его лицо, но я не могу вспомнить, где я его видел /кто он такой и т. п./ - he could not * her particular peculiarities of pronunciation он не мог установить, в чем особенности ее произношения - he is a difficult man to * трудно определить, что он из себя представляет считать, причислять;
оценивать - as a poet I * him among the first как поэта я считаю его одним из первых (спортивное) определять занятые места в соревновании (спортивное) присудить второе или третье призовое место (американизм) (спортивное) присудить второе место (на скачках) занять (какое-л.) место (на конкурсе, выборах и т. п.) - he campaigned for 10 weeks and * fifth он проводил предвыборную кампанию десять недель и вышел на пятое место pass занимать определенное положение - to be well *d занимать хорошее положение находиться в определенном положении - to be awkwardly *d находиться в неудобном положении - I explained to him how I was *d я объяснил ему, в каком я нахожусь положении, я объяснил ему ситуацию (американизм) (разговорное) повысить голос( в разговоре, пении) > to * a construction on smth., smb. по-своему понимать, интепретировать что-л., кого-л. > what construction am I to * on that? как прикажете это понимать? > to * one's cards on the table раскрыть свои карты ~ спорт. присудить одно из первых мест;
to be placed прийти к финишу в числе первых трех burial ~ место захоронения place мат.: calculated to five decimal places с точностью до одной стотысячной ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты free ~ свободное место ~ спорт. одно из первых мест (в состязании) ;
to get a place прийти к финишу в числе первых ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place( of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) in ~ на месте in ~ уместный ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем to keep (smb.) in his ~ не давать (кому-л.) зазнаваться;
to take place случаться, иметь место ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный out of ~ не на месте out of ~ неуместный parking ~ место для стоянки place мат.: calculated to five decimal places с точностью до одной стотысячной ~ возлагать (надежды и т. п.) ;
to place confidence (in smb.) довериться (кому-л.) ~ выпускать на рынок ~ город, местечко, селение;
what place do you come from? откуда вы родом? ~ город ~ делать заказ;
to place a call амер. заказать разговор по телефону ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером ~ жилище ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем ~ спорт. занять одно из призовых мест ~ класть деньги на счет ~ кредитовать ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place (of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) ~ место ~ место в книге, страница, отрывок ~ населенный пункт ~ спорт. одно из первых мест (в состязании) ;
to get a place прийти к финишу в числе первых ~ определять место, положение, дату;
относить к определенным обстоятельствам ~ определять на должность ~ площадь (в названиях, напр., Gloucester P.) ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный ~ помещать, размещать;
ставить, класть;
to place in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) ~ помещать ~ помещать деньги, капитал ~ помещать на должность, устраивать ~ спорт. присудить одно из первых мест;
to be placed прийти к финишу в числе первых трех ~ продавать вновь выпущенные ценные бумаги ~ размещать денежные средства ~ размещать ценные бумаги ~ сбывать (товар) ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты ~ делать заказ;
to place a call амер. заказать разговор по телефону ~ возлагать (надежды и т. п.) ;
to place confidence (in smb.) довериться (кому-л.) ~ in bond размещать облигации на рынке ~ in solitary confinement подвергать одиночному заключению ~ in solitary confinement помещать в одиночную камеру ~ помещать, размещать;
ставить, класть;
to place in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) ~ of arms воен. плацдарм ~ of arrival пункт прибытия ~ of birth место рождения ~ of business местонахождение предприятия ~ of business местонахождение фирмы ~ of death место смерти ~ of disembarkation место выгрузки ~ of disembarkation место высадки ~ of domicile постоянное место жительства ~ of embarkation место погрузки ~ of embarkation место посадки ~ of employment место работы ~ of employment место службы ~ of entertainment увеселительное заведение ~ of insurance место страхования ~ of issue место выпуска ~ of operation место деятельности ~ of payment место платежа ~ of performance место деятельности ~ of performance местонахождение фирмы ~ of performance of contract место исполнения договора ~ of redemption место погашения ~ of registration место регистрации ~ of residence место жительства ~ of settlement место заключения сделки ~ of shipment место погрузки ~ of signature место подписи ~ of work место работы ~ on equal footing ставить в равные условия ~ on register вносить в список ~ on register регистрировать ~ to account вносить на счет public ~ государственная должность scrolling to distant ~ вчт. прокрутка до нужного места ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером to keep (smb.) in his ~ не давать (кому-л.) зазнаваться;
to take place случаться, иметь место take ~ происходить take ~ случаться take: to ~ place случаться;
to take shelter укрыться;
to take a shot выстрелить ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place (of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) there is no ~ like home = в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше;
another place парл. палата лордов training ~ место обучения training ~ место прохождения практики ~ город, местечко, селение;
what place do you come from? откуда вы родом? -
5 как поэта я считаю его одним из первых
General subject: as a poet I place him among the firstУниверсальный русско-английский словарь > как поэта я считаю его одним из первых
-
6 rank
I 1. ræŋk noun1) (a line or row (especially of soldiers or taxis): The officer ordered the front rank to fire.) linje, rekke2) ((in the army, navy etc) a person's position of importance: He was promoted to the rank of sergeant/colonel.) grad, rang3) (a social class: the lower social ranks.) sosialgruppe/-klasse, stand2. verb(to have, or give, a place in a group, according to importance: I would rank him among our greatest writers; Apes rank above dogs in intelligence.) stille, regne, rangereII ræŋk adjective1) (complete; absolute: rank stupidity; The race was won by a rank outsider.) totalt, regelrett2) (unpleasantly stale and strong: a rank smell of tobacco.) stram, ekkel•- ranknessrad--------rang--------rangere--------rekkeIsubst. \/ræŋk\/1) rekke2) ( overført) rekke3) ( militærvesen) (ge)ledd, rekke4) ( militærvesen) rang, grad5) (sosial) rang, (samfunns)klasse, stand6) ( overført) rang7) ( EDB) nivåtall8) ( sjakk) radbreak rank(s) ( også overført) bryte ut av rekkenclose ranks about somebody slutte opp om noenfront rank ( militærvesen) forreste rekke, fremste leddhold the rank of something ha rang som noein the front rank ( overført) i forreste rekke, førsteklasses, blant de fremstekeep rank(s) holde rekkenother ranks (britisk, militærvesen) korporaler og menigepersons of rank standpersoner, fornemt folkpull (one's) rank (on somebody) ( hverdagslig) utnytte sin stilling (for å kommandere noen), bruke sin innflytelsethe ranks are thinning det tynnes i rekkenerear rank ( militærvesen) bakre rekkereduce somebody to the ranks ( militærvesen) degradere noen til menigrise from\/through the ranks ( militærvesen) forfremmes fra de meniges rekker ( overført) arbeide seg fremsuperior ranks ( militærvesen) høyere gradertake rank of ha høyere rang enntake rank with være i klasse med, stille seg i klasse medtaxi rank drosjeholdeplassthe rank and file vanlige menneskerthe ranks ( militærvesen) de menigeIIverb \/ræŋk\/1) stille i\/på rekke, stille på geledd2) ordne3) gradere, klassifisere, vurdere, plassere, sette, rangere, rangordne4) (amer.) ha høyere grad\/rang enn, rangere høyere enn5) ligge som, være rangert somIIIadj. \/ræŋk\/1) altfor yppig, altfor frodig, overgrodd, tettvoksende, overvokst2) ram, stram, illeluktende, stinkende3) ( om språk) vulgært, motbydelig4) regelrett, ren, fullstendig• rank lunacy\/nonsense5) åpenbar, tydelig -
7 volo
1.vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;I.also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).In gen.A.With object-infinitive.1.With pres. inf.a.To wish.(α).Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:(β).potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—(γ).Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:b.neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:c.in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:d.ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:e.quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—To mean, of actions and expressions:f.hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:g.nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):h.quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:k.sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):1.uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:m.is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;n.si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):o.haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):2.magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—With pres. inf. understood.a.Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.(α).To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):(β).nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—To choose, be pleased (freq.):(γ).tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):(δ).sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:(ε).jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):b.tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—With ellipsis of inf.(α).Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:(β).nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—(γ).In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—3.With perfect infinitive active (rare).a.In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).(α).In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:(β).edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:b.interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:c.sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—To represent the will as referring to a completed action.(α).In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—(β).In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,B.an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.With acc. and inf.1.To wish (v. A. 1. a.).a.With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:b.deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —With the same subject.(α).With inf. act.:(β).quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —With inf. pass.:2.quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:3.me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:4.Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—To resolve:5.Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:6.montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):7.obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:8.voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.(α).To imagine, consider:(β).est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—To be of opinion, to hold:(γ).vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—To say, assert:(δ).si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:(ε).unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—To mean, with perf. inf.:(ζ).utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:9.ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—In partic.a.With things as subjects.(α).Things personified:(β).ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—Of laws, to provide:b.duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.(α).The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:(β).nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:c.aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—With predic. adj., without copula.(α).The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):(β).si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):d.in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —With an inf.-clause understood.(α).Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:(β).stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:(γ).deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):(δ).acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—To require, demand (v B. 7.):(ε).veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):(ζ).ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:C.volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.With ut, ne, or ut ne.1.With ut.a.To wish:b.volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):c.at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:d.id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—With other verbs:2.quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—With ne:3.at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.D.With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).1.To wish:2.ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:3.volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—With subj.-clause understood:E.abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.With object nouns, etc.1.With acc. of a thing.a.With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:b.voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:c.quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:d.immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:e.eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—With rel. pron.:f.quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—With indef. pronn.(α).Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:(β).eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:(γ).ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:2.visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.(α).To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):(β).Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):(γ).hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—To wish to have:3.roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;4.not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;a.rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):b.quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).(α).In 1 st pers. (rare):(β).nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—In 2 d pers.:(γ).quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—In 3 d pers.:(δ).quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:5.ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:6.jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.(α).With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:(β).repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—Without omnia:7.per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:F.meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:II.quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.In partic.A.Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.1.In imperative sentences.a.In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:b.nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:c.neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;d.rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:2.aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:3.non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—In declarative sentences.a.Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):b.vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—With pres. inf.:c.propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—With perf. act. inf.:d.pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:B.eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.1.With verb in the second person.a.With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.(α).As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:(β).ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):b.vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—With infinitive clause.(α).With the force of a modest imperative:(β).sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—As a mere wish:c.velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—With ut (rare):d.de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—2.With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.a.With pres. subj.:b.ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):c.nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—With inf.-clause:3.ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—With verb in the first person.a.With inf. pres. (so most freq.):b.atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—With acc. and inf.:c.quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—With subj. pres.:4.eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:5.aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).a.Velis.(α).Imperatively = cupito:(β).quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—(γ).Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—b.Velit.(α).Modestly for vult:(β).te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—= imperative of third person:c.arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—Velimus.(α).In the optative sense of velim:(β). d.sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):e.novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).C.Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:1.de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.With verb in first person.a.With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:b.videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—With perf. inf., I wish I had:c.abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):d.virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—With subj. imperf. (rare):2.quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.a.With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):b.hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:c.vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—With ne and pluperf. subj.:d.tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—3.With verb in third person.a.With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):b.patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—With pluperf. subj.:c.vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—With inf.-clause.(α).With inf. pres., I wish he were:(β).quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:d.quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—4.With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:5.aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).a.Velles.(α).In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—(β).Of an indefinite subject:b.velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—Vellet.(α).In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;(β).sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—Conditionally:c.quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—Vellent.(α).In the potential sense of vellem:(β).quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.D.Volam and voluero.1.In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;2.si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—Volam in principal sentences.(α).= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:(β).et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—3.In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:E.quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.Si vis, parenthetically.1.If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):2.paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—If you wish, choose, insist upon it:F.hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.1.3 d pers. sing.:2.quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—1 st pers. plur.:3.quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;4.but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—3 d pers. plur.:G.quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):H.quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.With magis and maxime.1.Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—2.With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):K.quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.In disjunctive co - ordination.1.With sive... sive:2.tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—Without connectives.a.Vis tu... vis:b.congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—Velim nolim.(α).Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:(β).velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—= seu velim seu nolim:A.ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.1.Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;2.rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):B. 1.ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —Attributively.a.In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):b.sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—Volenti animo.(α).= cupide, eagerly:(β).Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —On purpose, intentionally:2.consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—Predicatively.a.Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.(α).Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):(β).(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:b.precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:c.quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;3.rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).a.vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.(α).One who wishes:(β).nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—One who intends, is about:(γ).juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —One who is willing:(δ).non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—One who consents:(ε).tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—One who does a thing voluntarily:(ζ).pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:b.hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:2.Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.I.Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):2. II.aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:corvi,
id. 2, 822:altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:3.i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:fulmina,
id. 2, 213:tempestates,
id. 6, 612:telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30. -
8 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
9 adversa
ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).I.Lit.A.In gen., with in or dat.:B.illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:in quamcunque domus lumina partem,
Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:malis numen,
Verg. A. 4, 611:huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,
Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:II.classem in portum,
Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:terrae proras,
Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:Colchos puppim,
Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:profugi advertere coloni,
landed, Sil. 1, 288;hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,
Verg. A. 7, 196:pedem ripae,
id. ib. 6, 386:urbi agmen,
id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:Scythicas advertitur oras,
Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).Fig.A.Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:B.si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:nunc huc animum advortite ambo,
id. ib. 3, 1, 169:advertunt animos ad religionem,
Lucr. 3, 54:monitis animos advertite nostris,
Ov. M. 15, 140:animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,
Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,
Liv. 4, 45.—Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):C.et hoc animum advorte,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:hanc edictionem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:haec animum te advertere par est,
Lucr. 2, 125:animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:Postquam id animum advertit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,
Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,
as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,
Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,
attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:donec advertit Tiberius,
Tac. A. 4, 54:Zenobiam advertere pastores,
id. ib. 12, 51:advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,
id. ib. 13, 54:quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,
id. ib. 15, 30 al.:hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,
Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:ut multos adverto credidisse,
id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:animis advertite vestris,
Verg. A. 2, 712:hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,
Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):D.gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,
Tac. A. 1, 41:octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,
id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):E.non docet admonitio, sed advertit,
i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,
Tac. H. 3, 48.—Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):1.in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,
Tac. A. 2, 32:ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,
id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).A.In gen.:B.solem adversum intueri,
Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,
Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,
in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:adversis vulneribus,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28:cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,
id. Verr. 5, 3:impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,
ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:adversa signa,
Liv. 30, 8:legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,
i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,
Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:qui timet his adversa,
the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:in adversum flumen contendere,
Lucr. 4, 423:adverso feruntur flumine,
id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:adverso amne,
Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;adverso Tiberi subvehi,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:rate in secundam aquam labente,
Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,
Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:portus ex adverso urbi positus,
Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,
Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:cum ex adverso starent classes,
Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,
against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;in adversum Romani subiere,
Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:advorsus nemini,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,
Cic. Sull. 10:acclamatio,
id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:adversis auspiciis,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:adversum omen,
Suet. Vit. 8:adversissima auspicia,
id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:adversi casus,
Nep. Dat. 5:adversae rerum undae,
a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?
Liv. 6, 40:adversus annus frugibus,
id. 4, 12:valetudo adversa,
i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:adversum proelium,
an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.8, 31: adverso rumore esse,
to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:adversa subsellia,
on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,
Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:neque est aliud adversius,
Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—* Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:C.advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:nihil adversi,
Cic. Brut. 1, 4:si quid adversi accidisset,
Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,
Plin. Pan. 31;esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,
id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,
Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.3.adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).A.Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:B. 1.ibo advorsum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 3, 82:obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:adversus resistere,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:nemo adversus ibat,
Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:ei advorsum venimus,
id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—In a friendly sense.(α).Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:(β).adversus advocatos,
Liv. 45, 7, 5:medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,
opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,
Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:Lerina, adversum Antipolim,
id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—In the presence of any one, before:(γ).egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,
what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,
Titin. ib. 232, 21:utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):adversus ea consul... respondit,
Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:(δ).repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,
will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,
id. 7, 32, 8.—Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:(ε).quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,
Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,
i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:lentae adversum imperia aures,
Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,
id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,
id. ib. 1, 11, 33:adversus merita ingratissimus,
Vell. 2, 69, 5:summa adversus alios aequitas erat,
Liv. 3, 33, 8:ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,
id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,
Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarelyof the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:2.epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,
as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,
in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:► a.advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:advorsum te fabulare illud,
against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,
id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,
id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 46:adversus se non esse missos exercitus,
Liv. 3, 66:bellum adversum Xerxem moret,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,
Liv. 8, 2, 5:adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,
id. 26, 25, 10 al.:T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,
Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,
Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,
Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,
Sall. J. 43, 5:invictus adversum gratiam animus,
Tac. A. 15, 21:adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,
Suet. Tib. 28:Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,
Curt. 4, 14:infirmus adversum pecuniam,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:inferior adversus laborem,
id. Epit. 40, 20.Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:b.egone ut te advorsum mentiar,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:hunc adversus,
Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:quos advorsum ierat,
Sall. J. 101, 8.—It sometimes suffers tmesis:Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 33:animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,
Sall. J. 58:animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,
id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:in Galliam vorsus castra movere,
Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351. -
10 adverto
ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).I.Lit.A.In gen., with in or dat.:B.illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:in quamcunque domus lumina partem,
Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:malis numen,
Verg. A. 4, 611:huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,
Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:II.classem in portum,
Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:terrae proras,
Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:Colchos puppim,
Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:profugi advertere coloni,
landed, Sil. 1, 288;hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,
Verg. A. 7, 196:pedem ripae,
id. ib. 6, 386:urbi agmen,
id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:Scythicas advertitur oras,
Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).Fig.A.Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:B.si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:nunc huc animum advortite ambo,
id. ib. 3, 1, 169:advertunt animos ad religionem,
Lucr. 3, 54:monitis animos advertite nostris,
Ov. M. 15, 140:animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,
Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,
Liv. 4, 45.—Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):C.et hoc animum advorte,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:hanc edictionem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:haec animum te advertere par est,
Lucr. 2, 125:animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:Postquam id animum advertit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,
Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,
as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,
Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,
attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:donec advertit Tiberius,
Tac. A. 4, 54:Zenobiam advertere pastores,
id. ib. 12, 51:advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,
id. ib. 13, 54:quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,
id. ib. 15, 30 al.:hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,
Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:ut multos adverto credidisse,
id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:animis advertite vestris,
Verg. A. 2, 712:hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,
Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):D.gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,
Tac. A. 1, 41:octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,
id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):E.non docet admonitio, sed advertit,
i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,
Tac. H. 3, 48.—Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):1.in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,
Tac. A. 2, 32:ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,
id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).A.In gen.:B.solem adversum intueri,
Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,
Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,
in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:adversis vulneribus,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28:cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,
id. Verr. 5, 3:impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,
ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:adversa signa,
Liv. 30, 8:legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,
i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,
Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:qui timet his adversa,
the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:in adversum flumen contendere,
Lucr. 4, 423:adverso feruntur flumine,
id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:adverso amne,
Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;adverso Tiberi subvehi,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:rate in secundam aquam labente,
Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,
Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:portus ex adverso urbi positus,
Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,
Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:cum ex adverso starent classes,
Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,
against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;in adversum Romani subiere,
Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:advorsus nemini,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,
Cic. Sull. 10:acclamatio,
id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:adversis auspiciis,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:adversum omen,
Suet. Vit. 8:adversissima auspicia,
id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:adversi casus,
Nep. Dat. 5:adversae rerum undae,
a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?
Liv. 6, 40:adversus annus frugibus,
id. 4, 12:valetudo adversa,
i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:adversum proelium,
an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.8, 31: adverso rumore esse,
to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:adversa subsellia,
on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,
Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:neque est aliud adversius,
Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—* Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:C.advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:nihil adversi,
Cic. Brut. 1, 4:si quid adversi accidisset,
Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,
Plin. Pan. 31;esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,
id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,
Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.3.adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).A.Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:B. 1.ibo advorsum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 3, 82:obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:adversus resistere,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:nemo adversus ibat,
Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:ei advorsum venimus,
id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—In a friendly sense.(α).Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:(β).adversus advocatos,
Liv. 45, 7, 5:medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,
opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,
Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:Lerina, adversum Antipolim,
id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—In the presence of any one, before:(γ).egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,
what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,
Titin. ib. 232, 21:utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):adversus ea consul... respondit,
Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:(δ).repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,
will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,
id. 7, 32, 8.—Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:(ε).quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,
Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,
i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:lentae adversum imperia aures,
Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,
id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,
id. ib. 1, 11, 33:adversus merita ingratissimus,
Vell. 2, 69, 5:summa adversus alios aequitas erat,
Liv. 3, 33, 8:ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,
id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,
Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarelyof the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:2.epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,
as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,
in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:► a.advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:advorsum te fabulare illud,
against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,
id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,
id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 46:adversus se non esse missos exercitus,
Liv. 3, 66:bellum adversum Xerxem moret,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,
Liv. 8, 2, 5:adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,
id. 26, 25, 10 al.:T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,
Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,
Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,
Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,
Sall. J. 43, 5:invictus adversum gratiam animus,
Tac. A. 15, 21:adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,
Suet. Tib. 28:Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,
Curt. 4, 14:infirmus adversum pecuniam,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:inferior adversus laborem,
id. Epit. 40, 20.Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:b.egone ut te advorsum mentiar,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:hunc adversus,
Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:quos advorsum ierat,
Sall. J. 101, 8.—It sometimes suffers tmesis:Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 33:animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,
Sall. J. 58:animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,
id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:in Galliam vorsus castra movere,
Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351. -
11 advorto
ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).I.Lit.A.In gen., with in or dat.:B.illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:in quamcunque domus lumina partem,
Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:malis numen,
Verg. A. 4, 611:huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,
Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:II.classem in portum,
Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:terrae proras,
Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:Colchos puppim,
Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:profugi advertere coloni,
landed, Sil. 1, 288;hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,
Verg. A. 7, 196:pedem ripae,
id. ib. 6, 386:urbi agmen,
id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:Scythicas advertitur oras,
Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).Fig.A.Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:B.si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:nunc huc animum advortite ambo,
id. ib. 3, 1, 169:advertunt animos ad religionem,
Lucr. 3, 54:monitis animos advertite nostris,
Ov. M. 15, 140:animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,
Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,
Liv. 4, 45.—Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):C.et hoc animum advorte,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:hanc edictionem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:haec animum te advertere par est,
Lucr. 2, 125:animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:Postquam id animum advertit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,
Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,
as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,
Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,
attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:donec advertit Tiberius,
Tac. A. 4, 54:Zenobiam advertere pastores,
id. ib. 12, 51:advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,
id. ib. 13, 54:quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,
id. ib. 15, 30 al.:hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,
Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:ut multos adverto credidisse,
id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:animis advertite vestris,
Verg. A. 2, 712:hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,
Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):D.gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,
Tac. A. 1, 41:octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,
id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):E.non docet admonitio, sed advertit,
i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,
Tac. H. 3, 48.—Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):1.in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,
Tac. A. 2, 32:ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,
id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).A.In gen.:B.solem adversum intueri,
Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,
Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,
in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:adversis vulneribus,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28:cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,
id. Verr. 5, 3:impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,
ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:adversa signa,
Liv. 30, 8:legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,
i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,
Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:qui timet his adversa,
the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:in adversum flumen contendere,
Lucr. 4, 423:adverso feruntur flumine,
id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:adverso amne,
Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;adverso Tiberi subvehi,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:rate in secundam aquam labente,
Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,
Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:portus ex adverso urbi positus,
Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,
Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:cum ex adverso starent classes,
Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,
against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;in adversum Romani subiere,
Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:advorsus nemini,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,
Cic. Sull. 10:acclamatio,
id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:adversis auspiciis,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:adversum omen,
Suet. Vit. 8:adversissima auspicia,
id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:adversi casus,
Nep. Dat. 5:adversae rerum undae,
a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?
Liv. 6, 40:adversus annus frugibus,
id. 4, 12:valetudo adversa,
i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:adversum proelium,
an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.8, 31: adverso rumore esse,
to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:adversa subsellia,
on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,
Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:neque est aliud adversius,
Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—* Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:C.advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:nihil adversi,
Cic. Brut. 1, 4:si quid adversi accidisset,
Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,
Plin. Pan. 31;esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,
id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,
Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.3.adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).A.Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:B. 1.ibo advorsum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 3, 82:obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:adversus resistere,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:nemo adversus ibat,
Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:ei advorsum venimus,
id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—In a friendly sense.(α).Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:(β).adversus advocatos,
Liv. 45, 7, 5:medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,
opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,
Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:Lerina, adversum Antipolim,
id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—In the presence of any one, before:(γ).egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,
what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,
Titin. ib. 232, 21:utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):adversus ea consul... respondit,
Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:(δ).repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,
will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,
id. 7, 32, 8.—Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:(ε).quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,
Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,
i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:lentae adversum imperia aures,
Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,
id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,
id. ib. 1, 11, 33:adversus merita ingratissimus,
Vell. 2, 69, 5:summa adversus alios aequitas erat,
Liv. 3, 33, 8:ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,
id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,
Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarelyof the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:2.epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,
as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,
in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:► a.advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:advorsum te fabulare illud,
against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,
id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,
id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 46:adversus se non esse missos exercitus,
Liv. 3, 66:bellum adversum Xerxem moret,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,
Liv. 8, 2, 5:adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,
id. 26, 25, 10 al.:T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,
Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,
Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,
Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,
Sall. J. 43, 5:invictus adversum gratiam animus,
Tac. A. 15, 21:adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,
Suet. Tib. 28:Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,
Curt. 4, 14:infirmus adversum pecuniam,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:inferior adversus laborem,
id. Epit. 40, 20.Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:b.egone ut te advorsum mentiar,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:hunc adversus,
Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:quos advorsum ierat,
Sall. J. 101, 8.—It sometimes suffers tmesis:Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 33:animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,
Sall. J. 58:animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,
id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:in Galliam vorsus castra movere,
Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351. -
12 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
13 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
14 μετά
μετά [[pron. full] ᾰ, but [pron. full] ᾱ in S.Ph. 184 (s. v. l., lyr.)], poet. [full] μεταί, dub., only in μεταιβολία; [dialect] Aeol., [dialect] Dor., Arc. πεδά (q.v.): Prep. with gen., dat., and acc. (Cf. Goth.A mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.)A WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, q.v.),I in the midst of, among, between, with pl. Nouns,μετ' ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων Od.10.320
;μ. δμώων πῖνε καὶ ἦσθε 16.140
;τῶν μέτα παλλόμενος Il.24.400
;πολλῶν μ. δούλων A.Ag. 1037
;μ. ζώντων εἶναι S.Ph. 1312
;ὅτων οἰκεῖς μέτα Id.OT 414
;μ. τῶν θεῶν διάγουσα Pl.Phd. 81a
(but κεῖσθαι μ. τινός with one, S.Ant.73): sts. the pl. is implied, μετ' οὐδενὸς ἀνδρῶν ναίειν, i.e. among no men, Id.Ph. 1103 (lyr.), etc.II in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν), μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο Il.13.700
, cf. 21.458; συνδιεπολέμησαντὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων IG12.108.7
;μ. ξυμμάχων ξυγκινδυνεύσειν Th.8.24
, cf. 6.79, etc.; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, IG12.91.10: in this sense freq. (not in ll., Od., Pi., rare in early Gr.) with sg., μετ' Ἀθηναίης with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, h.Hom. 20.2;μ. εἷο Hes.Th. 392
; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, A.Pr. 1067 (anap.), S.Ant.70; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, Th.3.56;μ. τοῦ ἠδικημένου ἔσεσθαι X.Cyr.2.4.7
;μ. τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου Pl.Ap. 32b
: generally, with, together with, with Subst. in sg. first in Hdt. (in whom it is rare exc. in the phrase οἱ μ. τινός, v. infr.), asκοιμᾶσθαι μ. τινός 3.68
, Timocl.22.2;εὕδειν μ. τινός Hdt.3.84
; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, Id.1.86, al., Pl.Prt. 315b: freq. with Prons.,μετ' αὐτοῦ S. Ant.73
; (anap.), etc.: less freq. of things,στέγη πυρὸς μ. S.Ph. 298
;μ. κιθάρας E.IA 1037
(lyr.);μ. τυροῦ Ar.Eq. 771
, etc.; , cf. E.Or. 573;ὄχλος μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Ev.Matt.26.47
: indicating community of action and serving to join two subjects, Κλεομένης μετὰ Ἀθηναίων C. and the Athenians, Th.1.126: with pl. Verb,Δημοσθένης μ. τῶν ξυστρατήγων σπένδονται Id.3.109
, etc.; of things, in conjunction with, ; γῆρας μ. πενίας ib. 330a.III later, in one's dealings with,ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ' αὐτῶν Act.Ap. 14.27
;ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος μετ' αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.10.36
;τί ἡμῖν συνέβη μ. τῶν ἀρχόντων PAmh.2.135.15
(ii A.D.): even of hostile action,σὺ ποιεῖς μετ' ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν LXX Jd.11.27
, cf. 15.3;πολεμῆσαι μ. τινός Apoc.12.7
, cf. Apollod.Poliorc.190.4 codd. (but μ. may be a gloss), Wilcken Chr.23.10 (v A.D.), OGI201.3 (Nubia, vi A. D.): to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner,τὸ ἄπραγμον.. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον Th.2.63
, etc.;ἱκετεῦσαι μ. δακρύων Pl.Ap. 34c
;οἴκτου μέτα S.OC 1636
;μετ' ἀσφαλείας μὲν δοξάζομεν, μετὰ δέους δὲ.. ἐλλείπομεν Th.1.120
, cf. IG22.791.12;μ. ῥυθμοῦ βαίνοντες Th.5.70
; ὅσα μετ' ἐλπίδων λυμαίνεται ib. 103, etc.; , cf. Phdr. 249a, 253d; also, by means of,μετ' ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν X.Mem. 3.5.8
;γράφε μ. μέλανος PMag.Lond.121.226
.2 serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, Th.2.15;ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι Pl.Phdr. 255b
.IV rarely of Time, μ. τοῦ γυμνάζεσθαι ἠλείψαντο, for ἅμα, Th.1.6; μετ' ἀνοκωχῆς during.., Id.5.25.B WITH DAT., only poet., mostly [dialect] Ep.:I between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly = ἐν, which is sts. exchanged with it,μ. πρώτοισι.. ἐν πυμάτοισι Il.11.64
:1 of persons, among, in company with,μετ' ἀθανάτοισι Il.1.525
;μετ' ἀνθρώποις B.5.30
;μ. κόραισι Νηρῆος Pi.O.2.29
; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), Il.1.252; of haranguing an assembly,μετ' Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις 10.250
, etc.; between, of two parties, .2 of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, 13.668, 22.28, Od.3.91;δεινὸν δ' ἐστὶ θανεῖν μ. κύμασιν Hes. Op. 687
;χαῖται δ' ἐρρώοντο μ. πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο Il.23.367
;αἰετὼ.. ἐπέτοντο μ. π. ἀ. Od.2.148
.3 of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 184, S. Ph. 1110 (lyr.), etc.;τὸν μ. χ. ἐρύσατο Il.5.344
; ὅς κεν.. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', 19.110; so μ. γένυσσιν, γαμφηλῇσιν, 11.416, 13.200;μ. φρεσί 4.245
, etc.II to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, Od.9.335, cf. Il.3.188; Οὖτιν.. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, Od.9.369, cf. A.Pers. 613, Theoc.1.39, 17.84.III c. dat. sg., only of collect. Nouns (or the equivalent of such,μεθ' αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν Il.15.118
),μ. στροφάλιγγι κονίης 21.503
;στρατῷ 22.49
;μ. πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ 19.50
, etc.;μετ' ἀνδρῶν.. ἀριθμῷ Od.11.449
;μετ' ἄλλῳ λαῷ A.Ch. 365
(lyr.).C WITH ACCUS.,I of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, esp. where a number of persons is implied,ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς Il.3.264
;μ. φῦλα θεῶν 15.54
, cf. Od.3.366, al.;μ. μῶλον Ἄρηος Il.16.245
;μ. λαὸν Ἀχαιών 5.573
, al.; μ. στρατόν, μεθ' ὅμιλον, μεθ' ὁμήγυριν, 5.589, 14.21, 20.142: so of birds, ὥς τ' αἰγυπιὸς μ. χῆνας (though this may be referred to signf. 2), 17.460; of things,εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας 12.123
; με μ... ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, 2.376; of place,μ. τ' ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων 6.511
; δράγματα μετ' ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, 18.552.2 in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sts. in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ' ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek Nestor, Il.10.73, cf. 15.221: sts. in hostile sense, βῆναι μ. τινά to go after, pursue him, 5.152, 6.21, al.; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, Od.1.184; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, 2.308, cf. 13.415;οἴχονται μ. δεῖπνον Il.19.346
; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, 20.329; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ' ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, 7.418, cf. 420;μ. δούρατος ᾤχετ' ἐρωήν 11.357
;μ. γὰρ δόρυ ᾔει οἰσόμενος 13.247
.II of sequence or succession,1 of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ', ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, Il.13.492, cf. Od.6.260, 21.190, h.Ven.69;ἔσχατοι μ. Κύνητας οἰκέουσι Hdt.4.49
; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, Theo Sm.p.122 H.2 of Time, after, next to,μ. δαῖτας Od.22.352
; μεθ' Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, Il.18.96;μ. Πάτροκλόν γε θανόντα 24.575
, cf. Hdt. 1.34;μετ' εὐχάν A.Ag. 231
(lyr.), etc.;μ. ταῦτα
thereupon, there-after,h.Merc.
126, etc.;τὸ μ. ταῦτα Pl.Phlb. 34c
;τὸ μ. τοῦτο Id.Criti. 120a
; μετ' ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, Id.Lg. 646c;μ. μικρόν Luc. Demon.8
;μ. ἡμέρας τρεῖς μ. τὴν ἄφεδρον Dsc.2.19
;μ. ἔτη δύο J.BJ 1.13.1
;μ. τρίτον ἔτος Thphr.HP4.2.8
; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, h.Merc. 326: but μετ' ἡμέρην by day, opp. νυκτός, Hdt.2.150, cf. Pl.Phdr. 251e, etc.; μεθ' ἡμέραν, opp. νύκτωρ, E.Ba. 485;μ. νύκτας Pi.N.6.6
; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, Pl.Lg. 794c.3 in order of Worth, Rank, etc., next after, following [comp] Sup.,κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ.. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ' ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα Il.2.674
, cf. 7.228, 12.104, Od.2.350, Hdt.4.53, X.Cyr.7.2.11, etc.;κοῦροι οἳ.. ἀριστεύουσι μεθ' ἡμέας Od.4.652
, cf. Isoc.9.18: where [comp] Sup. is implied,ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε.. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον Il.16.195
, cf. 17.280, 351; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, A.Th. 1080 (anap.); also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many.., Philostr.Her.6.III after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, Il.15.52;μετ' ἀνέρος ἴχνι' ἐρευνῶν 18.321
;μετ' ἴχνια βαῖνε Od.2.406
.IV generally, among, between, as with dat. (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, Il.9.54, cf. Od.16.419;μ. πληθύν Il.2.143
; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, PLond.2.260.87 (i A.D.);μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν Hdt.7.16
. β', Th.1.138, POxy.901.9 (iv A.D.), cf. X.Ages.2.14, etc.D μετά with all cases can be put after its Subst., and is then by anastrophe μέτα, Il.13.301, but not when the ult. is elided, 17.258, Od.15.147.E abs. as ADV., among them, with them, Il.2.446, 477, etc.; with him,οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα A.R.3.115
.III thereafter, 15.67, Hdt.1.88, 128, 150, A.Ag. 759 (lyr.), etc.; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, Od.15.400; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, Hdt.1.19, Luc.DMort.9.2, etc.F μέτα, -μέτεστι, Od.21.93, Parm.9.4, Hdt.1.88, 171, S.Ant. 48,etc.G IN COMPOS.:2 of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc., c. dat. pers.II in the midst of, of space or time, as inμεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1
; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον.III of succession of time, as in , μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα.V of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων. -
15 put
1. IIIput smth.1) where have I put the ticket? куда я засунул /дел/ билет?2) put things (it, one's ideas, the case, etc.) излагать что-л. и т.д.; have a neat (brilliant, graceful, logical, clear, etc.) way of putting things [уметь] четко и т.д. излагать что-л.; as he put it как он выразился; as Horace puts it как об этом пишет Гораций, как это сказано у Горация; let me put my side of the case позвольте мне изложить мою точку зрения3) put a resolution предлагать резолюцию; put a motion (a proposal, etc.) выдвигать предложение и т.д.4) put a question задавать вопрос5) put smth. sport. put the shot (the weight, etc.) толкать ядро и т.д.2. IV1) put smth., smb. somewhere put a suitcase (a bag, a box, etc.) down опустить /положить или поставить на пол или на землю/ чемодан и т.д.; will you please put the reference book (the dictionary, the hat, specimens, etc.) here (over there, somewhere, back, etc.) пожалуйста, положите сюда и т.д. справочник и т.д.; put this chair there поставьте этот стул туда; put that dog down at once and don't touch it any more опусти собаку сейчас же и больше не трогай ее; did you put the swim-suits in? ты положил [в чемодан] /уложил/ купальные костюмы?; put the rubbish out выносить мусор; put out one's tongue высунуть /показать/ язык: put one's head out высунуть голову; put out a boat вывести лодку в море; now, children, you may put your hands down a теперь, дети, можете опустить руки; put smth. in some manner put one's things (books, one's clothes, etc.) together сложить /собрать/ свои вещи и т.д.; put the hands of a clock (the minute hand, the clock, etc.) back (forward) передвинуть /перевести/ стрелки часов и т.д. назад (вперед); put the clock back an hour перевести часы на час назад; that clock is fast, I'd better put it back five minutes эти часы спешат, пожалуй, я переведу их назад на пять минут; one can't put the clock back время нельзя повернуть назад: let's put two heads together давай подумаем вместе2) put smth. somewhere put one's interests (problems of health, science, etc.) first ставить собственные интересы и т.д. на первое место; put truth first заботиться прежде всего об истине; ставить истину во главу угла3) put smth., smb. in some state put things to rights a) привести все в порядок; б) все исправить; how can we put him at [his] ease? как мы можем его успокоить?4) put smth. in some manner put a case (ideas, a proposal, a matter, facts, things, the story, etc.) clearly (plainly, bluntly, forcibly, cleverly, etc.) излагать /выражать, формулировать/ дело /суть, обстоятельства дела/ и т.д. ясно и т.д.; the report puts the facts truthfully все факты, изложенные в донесении, соответствуют действительности; the teacher puts things convincingly учитель убедительно все объясняет или излагает; to put it briefly, his idea is that... коротко говоря, его мысль состоит в том, что...; to put it frankly, I don't саге for him откровенно /честно/ говоря, он мне не нравится; to say that I was frightened is putting it mildly мягко говоря, я испугался; I don't know how to put it я не знаю, как это выразить /как это сказать/; put it so as not to offend him скажите это так, чтобы он не обиделся5) put smth. somewhere put your name here, please распишитесь здесь, пожалуйста6) || put smb. back задержать кого-л.; the traffic jam put us back a whole hour пробка на дороге задержала нас на целый час3. VIput smth. to some state put a watch (a clock) right (wrong) поставить часы правильно (неправильно); put a clock (a watch) fast (slow) отрегулировать часы так, чтобы они шли быстрее (медленнее); put things /the matter/ right исправить положение вещей /дел/; his short note put everything right его короткая записка поставила все на свои места; he put everything wrong он все испортил: the teacher put the boy right учитель поправил ребенка /объяснил ребенку, в чем его ошибка/4. VIIput smth., smb. to do smth. put dishes to drain поставить посуду сушиться; put towels to dry повесить полотенца сушиться; put her to wash dishes (the girl to take care of the children, him to mind the furnace, etc.) поручить ей мыть посуду и т.д.; he put me to work peeling potatoes он посадил меня чистить картошку5. XI1) be put on (in, under, etc.) smth. the books were put on the shelf (on the table, under the tarpaulin, etc.) книги положили на полку и т.д.; the parcels were put in a bag свертки /посылки и т.п./ были уложены в мешок; every little thing must be put in its right place каждую даже самую маленькую вещичку надо класть на [свое] место2) be put to (into, in, out of, etc.) smth. be put (in)to jail /gaol/ быть посаженным /заключенным/ в тюрьму; be put into quarantine быть отправленным /помещенным, посаженным/ в /на/ карантин; the refugees were put in the hostel беженцев разместили в общежитии; he was put to bed его уложили спать; the boy was put out of the room for being impudent мальчика вывели из комнаты за дерзкое поведение; he was put out of the court его удаляли из зала суда; be put in some manner the new boys were put together in one dormitory новичков поместили вместе в одной спальне; he has more sense than all the rest put together у него больше здравого смысла, чем у всех остальных, вместе взятых; he thought he knew more than all his teachers put together он считал, что знает больше своих учителей, вместе взятых3) be put on (to) smth. the notice was put on the front page извещение /объявление/ поместили /напечатали/ на первой странице /полосе/; it's time the child was put to school пора определить ребенка в школу; be put on an army pay-roll быть зачисленным на армейское довольствие4) be put into smth. the work that has been put into it количество труда, вложенного в это [дело]5) be put to (into, in, etc.) smth. be put to use использовать; the uses to which his invention can (may) be put возможные способы /виды/ применения /использования/ его изобретения; be put into practice найти [практическое] применение; the law was put into force закон был введен в действие; he is put to every kind of work его ставят на всякую работу, его используют на разной работе; she was put in (to) service ее отдали в прислуги; the land was put into /under/ turnips участок был засеян репой6) be put into (in, out of, etc.) smth. be is soon put into a passion (into a rage, into despair, etc.) его можно быстро привести в состояние возбуждения и т.д.; the dog was put out of pain a) собаке сняли боль; б) собаку умертвили /усыпили/, чтобы она не мучилась; you will be put in funds in due time [денежные] средства вам предоставят в надлежащее время; be put in some manner all the clocks and watches were put back (forward) an hour on Saturday night в субботу вечером все часы были переведены на час назад (вперед); the wedding was put forward to June 3d свадьбу перенесли на третье июня; the meeting was put back for a week собрание отложили на неделю || be [hard] put to it оказаться в трудном /затруднительном/ положении; surprising what he can do when he's put to it просто удивительно, что только он ни сделает, когда нужно; you will be hard put to it to find a pleasanter place than this (to find a substitute, to get the needed sum, to pay his debts, etc.) [вам будет] трудно найти более приятное место, чем это и т.д.; be hard put to it financially находиться в затруднительном материальном положении; any doubt on this point can be easily put at rest любые сомнения на этот счет можно легко развеять7) be put to (on, into, in, out of) smth. I have been put to great inconvenience мне это было крайне неудобно; I have been put to great expense меня это ввело в большей расход; be put to the vote быть поставленным на голосование; the motion was put to the vote это предложение было поставлено на голосование; he's already been put to death его уже казнили; he was put on trial a) его предали суду; б) его взяли [на работу] с испытательным сроком; the company will be put in liquidation фирма будет закрыта; he was again put on the same treatment with the same good result ему провели повторный курс лечения, и результат снова оказался хорошим; be put on sale быть выпущенным в продажу; be put in (to) circulation пустить в обращение; only a few copies of the book were put in (to) circulation всего несколько экземпляров книги поступило в продажу; soon buses will be put into service on these routes вскоре по этим маршрутам будут пущены автобусы; these old freight cars have been put out of operation эти старые товарные вагоны сняты с эксплуатации /с линии/; the gun was put out of action орудие было выведено из строя; I had specimen pages put into type я сдал пробные страницы в набор8) be put to smth. the enemy was soon put to flight неприятель был вскоре обращен в бегство; he was put to his trump cards его заставили козырять /пойти с козырей/9) be put through smth. the bill was put through Congress last week законопроект был проведен через конгресс /был утвержден конгрессом/ на прошлой неделе10) be put at smth. the height of this hill is put at 200 metres считают /говорят/, что высота этого холма равна двумстам метрам; it is roughly put at I 5 это приблизительно равняется пяти фунтам11) be put in some manner be clearly (well, badly, etc.) put быть ясно и т.д. выраженным /изложенным/; а good story (an anecdote, a witticism, a jest, a joke, etc.) well put интересный, хорошо преподнесенный рассказ и т.д.; the case was cleverly put обстоятельства дела были умно /толково/ изложены; the compliment was clumsily put комплимент был сделан неуклюже; it was finely (gracefully, logically, etc.) put by this author об этом тонко и т.д. сказано /это тонко и т.д. сформулировано/ у данного автора; be put in a few words быть выраженным /высказанным/ несколькими словами12) be put to smb. the question was put to the chairman of the meeting (to the committee, to the management, etc.) вопрос был задан председателю собрания и т.д.13) be put on smb., smth. dues were put on cattle на крупный рогатый скот был введен налог; embargo has been put on the ship and cargo на корабль и груз было наложено эмбарго; be put under smth. the paper has been put under ban газета была запрещена14) be put (up)on smth. be put upon the stage быть поставленным на сцене; this opera was put on the air эта опера была поставлена на радио; an incident sufficiently interesting to merit being put on record этот случай вполне заслуживает того, чтобы его записать6. XVIput down (up, into, to, for, etc.) some place put down (up) the river двигаться /плыть/ вниз (вверх) по реке; put for home двигаться /направляться/ домой; the ship (the boat, etc.) put back to the shore (to harbour, to port, etc.) корабль и т.д. вернулся /повернул/ к берегу и т.д.; the ship put to Odessa судно шло в Одессу; the ship put out of Odessa судно отплыло из Одессы; the yacht put into Malta for stores (for repairs, etc.) яхта зашла на Мальту, чтобы пополнить [свои] запасы и т.д.; put to sea выйти в море; put to sea in one's yacht отправиться в морское путешествие на собственной яхте7. XVIII1) || put oneself in smb.'s place /position/ ставить себя на чье-л. место; put yourself in my place поставь себя на мое место2) put oneself over smb. coll. put oneself over an audience быть принятым публикой, добиться успеха /завоевать популярность/ у публики8. XXI11) put smth. (up)on (into, in, etc.) smth. put a letter on the table (one's hat on a chair, jewels in a safe, a book down upon the desk, the key in his pocket, a manuscript back in its place, one's clothes into the case, etc.) положить письмо на стол и т.д.; put a bottle on the table (a vase upon the mantlepiece, flowers in water, etc.) поставить бутылку на стол и т.д.; put a thing in its right place положить /поставить/ вещь на место; put a kettle on fire поставить чайник на огонь; put the dress in the cupboard повесить платье в шкаф; put a bandage on smb.'s knee накладывать повязку на колено; put one's hand on smb.'s shoulder положить руку. кому-л. на плечо; put one's arms about smb.'s neck обнять кого-л. за шею, обвить чью-л. шею руками; put one's head on the pillow положить голову на подушку; he put an асе on my king он покрыл моего короля тузом; put smb. on (to) smth. put the baby on the bed положите ребенка на кровать; put a player [back] to his former position вернуть игрока на прежнее место2) put smb. in some place put smb. in the chair поставить /назначить/ кого-л. председателем; put smb. in the shade оттеснить кого-л. на второй /на задний/ план; put smb. over (under) smb., smth. they put over him a man six years younger than himself они поставили над ним человека на шесть лет моложе него; put a colonel over a division назначить полковника командиром дивизии; they put me under him меня поставили под его начало; put smb., smth. above (before, etc.) smb., smth. he puts Keats above Byron as a poet как поэта он ставит Китса выше Байрона; he puts honour before riches честь для него важнее богатства; put a critic high among other critics ценить /ставить/ данного критика выше всех других; put smth. (up)on smb., smth. put the blame (obligations, hopes, etc.) (up)on smb. возлагать вину и т.д. на кого-л.; he put the blame on me он свалил все на меня; the obligations he had put on us обязательства, которые он на нас возложил; put one's hopes (up)on their talks (oa his decision, on chance, etc.) возлагать надежды на их переговоры и т.д.; put smth. in smb., smth. put confidence /faith, trust/ in smb. верить /доверять/ кому-л.; he puts his faith in reason он верит в силу разума; put no faith in smb.'s assertions не верить чьим-л. утверждениям; put smth. to smth. he puts her failure to lack of experience (to her ignorance, to their refusal, etc.) он относит ее провал за счет неопытности и т.д.; put their conduct to custom объяснять их поведение обычаем; put their success to her credit поставить их успех ей в заслугу || put a wrong construction on smth. а) неправильно понимать или толковать что-л.; б) истолковывать что-л. в худшую сторону; put smb. in possession of smth. ввести кого-л. во владение чем-л.; put difficulties in smb.'s way ставить /чинить/ препятствия кому-л.; put smb., smth. in (to) smb.'s hands доверить кого-л., что-л. кому-л.; put the child in (to) their hands отдать ребенка в их руки; will you put the matter in (to) my hands? не поручите ли вы мне это дело?; put yourself in (to) my hands доверьтесь мне; put smb. in charge of smth. поручить кому-л. руководство чем-л., возложить на кого-л. ответственность за что-л.; put smb. under smb.'s care /under smb.'s charge/ поручить кого-л. чьим-л. заботам; 1 shall put myself under a doctor's care я обращусь к врачу и буду делать то, что он велит; put smth. at smb.'s service предоставить что-л. в чье-л. распоряжение3) put smth. in (to) (up, down, etc.) smth. puta letter in (to) an envelope (some money in one's purse, a coin into her pocket, a stick of chewing-gum into her mouth, jewels into a box, papers in the drawer, garbage down a chute, etc.) положить письмо в конверт и т.д.; put a key in a lock (a candle into a candlestick, etc.) вставить ключ в замок и т.д.; he put his hands in (to) his pockets он засунул руки в карманы; put those things in a handbag положите все эти вещи в сумочку; put a letter in a mailbox (a halfpenny into a slot, etc.) опустить /бросить/ письмо в [почтовый] ящик и т.д.; I put a coin in a slot-machine я опустил монету в автомат; put some water in a jug налить воды в кувшин; put sugar in (to) [one's] tea класть сахар в чай; put milk in (to) one's tea наливать /добавлять/ молока себе в чай; put poison in smth. подмешать яду во что-л.; put smth. up the chimney засунуть что-л. в печную трубу; put eau-de-Cologne upon a handkerchief надушите [носовой] платок одеколоном; put seeds into ground засеять поле; put a spoke in smb.'s wheel ставить кому-л. палки в колеса; put smth. into (through) smb., smth. put d knife into smb. зарезать кого-л.; put a bullet through smb. застрелить кого-л.; put a bullet (a knife, etc.) through a wall вогнать пулю и т.д. в стену; put a bullet through one's head пустить себе пулю в лоб, застрелиться; put one's fist through a pane of glass /through a window/ разбить кулаком окно || put one's pen (pencil) through a word (through a line, through a paragraph, etc.) вычеркнуть /вымарать/ слово и т.д.; put smb. in (to) (on) smth. put smb. in a spare room in a hostel поместить /поселить/ кого-л. в свободной комнате общежития; put smb. in prison /into jail/ отправить /заключить/ кого-л. в тюрьму; put smb. in hospital (into a madhouse, etc.) поместить кого-л. в больницу и т.д.; I will put you on the bus я вас [провожу и] посажу на автобус; put smth., smb. out of smth. put one's head out of the window высунуться из окна; put disorderly people out of a meeting вывести /удалять/ хулиганов с собрания4) put smth., smb. in (to) (on) smth. put smb. in /on/ the list включить кого-л. в список; put these books in the catalogue включите эти книги в каталог; put a child in a special school отдать ребенка в специальную школу; put an ad in a paper поместить объявление в газете; put all his pieces for children (all his poems together, etc.) in one volume соберите /включите/ все его пьесы для детей и т.д. в один [отдельный] том; put fresh troops into the field вводить в бой свежие войска; put smth. under smth. put a field under wheat засеять поле пшеницей5) put smth. in (to) smth. put [one's] money (capital, etc.) in (to) a bank (in business, into land, into property, In an undertaking, into a company, into real estate, etc.) вкладывать [свои] деньги и т.д. в банк и т.д.; put one's savings into securities превращать /вкладывать/ свои сбережения в ценные бумаги; put much work into this display (many weeks into this work, many hours in this paper, etc.) вложить много труда в эту выставку и т.д.; I put much time into this design я затратил много времени, чтобы создать этот узор; put words into smb.'s mouth вложить слова в чьи-л. уста; put a word or two into smb.'s ear [about smth.] шепнуть кому-л. пару слов [о чем-л.]; put new ideas into smb.'s head внушить кому-л. новые идеи; good actors know how to put emotion into their spoken words хорошие /настоящие/ актеры умеют выразить чувства словами; you must put more nerve into your part вы должны играть эту роль более темпераментно; put smth. on smb., smth. put all one's money (a dollar, etc.) on a horse (on the favourite) ставить все свои деньги на лошадь (на фаворита); put a bet on the game делать ставку в азартной игре; put smth. into smb. put new life into a person вселять новую надежду /жизнь/ в человека; put smth., smb. out of smth. put the idea (a thing, this man, etc.) out of one's head /out of one's mind/ выбросить эту мысль и т.д. из головы; put it out of sight уберите это с глаз долой6) put smth. to (on) smth. put a new handle to a knife приделать новую рукоятку /ручку/ к ножу; I am afraid you forgot to put a stamp on your letter боюсь, что вы забыли наклеить марку на свое письмо; will you please put a patch on these trousers положите, пожалуйста, заплату на эти брюки, залатайте, пожалуйста, эти брюки; put the roof on the house покрыть дом крышей; put smth. in some piece put a cross at the bottom (one's signature on top, etc.) поставить крест внизу и т.д.7) put smth. oner (ой) smth., smb. put gold (silver, etc.) [leaf] over smth. покрывать что-л. золотом и т.д.; put a ring on a finger (a dress on a mannequin,. two socks on one foot, a coat on her shoulders, a new suit on him, etc.) надеть кольцо на палец и т.д.; put a net over a lion набросить на льва сеть; put a saddle on a horse оседлать лошадь; put smb. into smth. put a child into a sailor suit одеть ребенка в матросский костюмчик /в матроску/8) put smth. to (against) smth. put a glass to one's lips /one's lips to one's glass/ (a handkerchief to one's nose, a light to a fire, a match to a cigarette, etc.) поднести стакан к губам и т.д.; put one's hand to one's head приложить руку ко лбу; put one's eye to a telescope (to opera-glasses, to a spyglass, to a keyhole, etc.) посмотреть в телескоп и т.д.; he put a flower against her hair он приложил цветок к ее волосам; put one's lips to smb.'s ear сказать что-л. на ухо/шепнуть что-л./ кому-л. || put smb. in touch with smb., smth. связать кого-л. с кем-л., чем-л.; I'll try to put you in touch with them попробую связать вас с ними9) put smth. in (to) smth. put a plan in action проводить в жизнь план; put a plan in execution приводить план в исполнение; put a law in force /into operation/ вводить закон в действие; put a reform into effect провести реформу; put an order into effect выполнять приказ; put a principle into practice осуществлять какой-л. принцип; put one's knowledge to practical use применять свои знания на практике; put the money to a good use хорошо /разумно/ использовать деньги; put smth. in evidence выставлять /предъявлять/ что-л. как свидетельство; put smb. to smth. put smb. to work определять кого-л. на работу; put smb. to business приставить кого-л. к делу; put smb. to a trade отдать /определить/ кого-л. в учение; he put me to work at once он сразу же дал /поручил/ мне работу10) put smb. into (in, to, out of, on) some state put smb. into a rage привести кого-л. в ярость; put smb. into a fright напугать/перепугать/ кого-л.; put smb. in fear of his life заставить кого-л. дрожать за свою жизнь; put smb. into a state of anxiety разволновать кого-л., привести кого-л. в волнение; put smb. into a flutter привести кого-л. в нервное состояние, взбудоражить кого-л.; put smb. in doubt вызвать у кого-л. сомнение; put smb. to shame пристыдить кого-л.; put smb. to the blush заставить кого-л. покраснеть; put smb. in a good humour привести кого-л. в хорошее настроение /в хорошее расположение духа/; he always manages to put me in the wrong ему всегда удается показать, что я неправ; put smb. into a state of hypnosis загипнотизировать кого-л.; put smb. to bed уложить кого-л. спать; put smb. to sleep a) навевать сон кому-л.; by singing she put the baby back to sleep ребенок снова заснул под ее песенку; б) усыпить /убить/ кого-л.; we had to put the old dog to sleep нам пришлось усыпить старого пса; the doctor put the patient to bed for six weeks врач уложил больного в постель /прописал больному постельный режим/ на шесть недель; put smb. on diet посадить кого-л. на диету; put the patient on a milk diet прописать /назначить/ больному молочную диету; put smb. out of temper вывести кого-л. из себя; put smb. out of patience вывести кого-л. из терпения; put smb. out of humour испортить кому-л. настроение; put smb. out of suspense успокоить кого-л.; put smb. out of countenance привести кого-л. в замешательство, смутить кого-л.; put the poor man out of misery избавить несчастного [человека] от страданий; put smb. out of employment лишать кого-л. работы; put smb. out of business разорить кого-л.; put smth. in (into, out of) some state put one's room (one's dress, one's affairs, the house, etc.) in order привести свою комнату и т.д. в порядок; put manuscripts in order for publication подготовить рукописи к изданию; I want to put my report into shape я хочу привести в порядок /отредактировать/ свой доклад; put figures into the form of diagrams представить /дать/ цифры в форме диаграмм; put data into tabular form привести данные в табличной форме; put names in alphabetical order расположить фамилии в алфавитном порядке; put the piano in tune настроить рояль; put a country in a state of defence подготовить страну к обороне; put a machine out of order /out of gear/ сломать машину; put a bus out of service снять автобус с линии; put a warship out of action вывести военный корабль из боя || put smb. in mind of smth., smb. напоминать кому-л. что-л., кого-л.; this put me in mind of my youth (of his promise, of her sister, etc.) это напомнило мне мою юность и т.д.; put smth., smb. on its, on one's legs again снова поставить что-л., кого-л. на ноги; he tried to put the firm on its legs again он попробовал вдохнуть в фирму новую жизнь11) put smb. to smth. put smb. to inconvenience причинять кому-л. неудобство; I am putting you to a good deal of trouble я доставляю /причиняю/ вам массу хлопот; you have put me to great /heavy/ expense вы ввели меня в большие расходы; put smb. to torture пытать кого-л., подвергать кого-л. пыткам; put smb. to trial возбуждать против кого-л. дело в суде; предать кого-л. суду; put smb. to death казнить кого-л.; put smth. to smth., smb. put an end /a stop/ (a check, etc.) to smth. положить конец чему-л., прекратить что-л.; the news put an end to our hopes это известие лишило нас надежды; put an end to smb. покончить с кем-л., ликвидировать кого-л.; put an end to oneself /to one's life/ покончить жизнь самоубийством; put an end to a practice прекратить практику; put smb. in smth. put smb. in an unpleasant position /in a fix, in a hole/ поставить кого-л. в неприятное или затруднительное положение; put smb., smth. through (on, to, etc.) smth. put them through a course of English обязать их прослушать курс английского языка /пройти подготовку по английскому языку/; put smb. through an ordeal подвергать кого-л. тяжелому испытанию; put smb. through a severe /stiff/ cross-examination устроить кому-л. суровый перекрестный допрос; put smb. through it coll. задать кому-л. жару; put goods on (in) the market /to sale, into circulation/ выпустить товар в продажу; he put the car through some tests он несколько раз проверял /испытывал/ машину; put smb., smth. to the test подвергать кого-л., что-л. испытанию; проверять кого-л., что-л. || put smth. to the vote ставить вопрос на голосование; put a motion (a proposal, a matter, a resolution, a decision, etc.) to the vote ставить предложение и т.д. на голосование; put the painting on exhibition выставить картину для обозрения; put smb. under arrest арестовать кого-л.; put pressure on smth., smb. оказывать давление на что-л., кого-л.; they put it over us coll. они нас провели, они обвели нас вокруг пальца12) put smb., smth. to (in, into) smth. put the enemy (an army, the gang, thieves, etc.) to flight обратить неприятеля и т.д. в бегство; put an engine in motion /into operation/ включить мотор; put a piece of mechanism in motion /into operation/ приводить в движение механизм; put new cars into service ввести в эксплуатацию новые машины; put smth. into production (into circulation, etc.) пускать что-л. в производство и т.д.13) put smb. on smth. put smb. on his mettle заставить кого-л. проявить себя с лучшей стороны /проявить рвение/; your presence will put him on his best behaviour ваше присутствие заставит его проявить себя с лучшей стороны или вести себя самым лучшим образом; put smb. on his guard заставить кого-л. насторожиться; put smb. through smth. put a horse through his paces заставлять лошадь показать, что она умеет14) put smth., smb. (in)to (on, over, across, etc.) smth. put a ship /the rudder/ (in)to port /harbour/ направить корабль в порт; put a fleet to sea направить флот в море; put a satellite into orbit [around the earth] вывести спутник на околоземную орбиту; put a horse's head towards home повернуть /направить/ лошадь домой; put smb. on the right road a) показать кому-л. правильную дорогу; б) направить кого-л. на правильный путь; put smb. on the wrong scent направить кого-л. по ложному следу; put smb. across /over/ the river переправить кого-л. на другой берег [реки]15) put smth. at smth. put the distance at 5 miles считать, что расстояние равно пяти милям; they put the circulation at 60 000 они решили установить тираж в шестьдесят тысяч экземпляров; put the rent at a certain sum of money определять размер квартплаты; I put his income at t 6000 a year я думаю, что его годовой доход составляет шесть тысяч фунтов; he puts the time at about 11 он полагает, что сейчас около одиннадцати [часов]; I should put it at i 50 я бы оценил это в пятьдесят фунтов; I would put her age at not more than sixty я бы не дал ей больше шестидесяти лет || put a price on smth. назначать цену на что-л.; put a price on a painting назначить цену на картину; he put too high a price on the book он очень дорого запросил за книгу; put value on smth. ценить что-л.; I put high value on his friendship я очень высоко ценю его дружбу; what value do you put on his advice? как вы относитесь к его советам?16) put smth. on (in, etc.) smth. put one's proposals (one's ideas, one's thoughts, one's impressions, etc.) on paper излагать свои предложения и т.д. в письменной форме /в письменном виде, на бумаге/; put smth. in black and white написать что-л. черным по белому; he put his feelings (his ideas, his fancies, etc.) in (to) words он выразил свои чувства и т.д. словами; can you put that in simpler words? не можете ли вы сказать это попроще?; he wanted to go but couldn't put his wish into words он хотел уйти, но не знал, как сказать об этом; put a question in a clearer light сформулировать вопрос точнее /яснее/; let me put it in another way позвольте мне сказать об этом иначе;put smth. to /before/ smb. put it to him nicely скажите ему об этом деликатно /мягко/; you must your case before the commission вы должны свое дело изложить комиссии; when I put it to him he... a) когда я изложил ему это, он...; б) когда я предложил ему это, он...; put smth. in (to) smth. put smth. in (to) some language переводить что-л. на какой-л. язык; put a poem (a work, a novel, a story, a passage, etc.) into French (into German, into English, etc.) перевести стихотворение и т.д. на французский и т.д. язык; how would you put it in French (in Danish, in English, etc.)? как вы это скажете /как это будет/ по-французски и т.д. ?17) put smth. before (to) smth., smb. put a matter before a meeting (before a board, before the court, etc.) поставить вопрос на рассмотрение собрания и т.д.; put this case before a tribunal предложить суду рассмотреть этот вопрос; put a proposal before a committee внести предложение в комиссию; put one's grievances before the management изложить администрации свои претензии; I want to put my proposal before you я хочу, чтобы вы выслушали /обсудили, обдумали/ мое предложение; I shall put your suggestion to the board at the next meeting я сообщу о вашем предложении на следующем собрании правления; put smth. in (to) smth. put the questions in (to) writing пришлите или изложите вопросы в письменной форме18) put smth. to smb. put a question to smb. задать кому-л. вопрос; put a riddle to smb. загадать кому-л. загадку19) put smth. in (to, on, under, etc.) smth. put the amount in the receipt (in the expenditure, etc.) указать количество в квитанции и т.д.; put this sum to my account запишите эту сумму на мой счет; put words into blanks /into blank spaces/ заполните пропуски; put one's name /one's signature/ under a document (to a will, on the dotted line, etc.) подписывать документ и т.д., ставить свою подпись под документом и т.д.; put one's initials to a document diplom. парафировать документ; put one's seal to a document (to a will, etc.) поставить печать под документом и т.д.; put a mark /а tick/ against smb.'s name поставить галочку против чьей-л. фамилии; put macron over a vowel поставить знак долготы над гласной буквой; put markers on packages пометить тюки20) put smth. on smth., smb. put a tax (duties, customs, etc.) on these articles облагать такие предметы налогом и т.д.; put a tax on imports (on luxuries, on cigarettes, etc.) облагать ввозимые товары налогом и т.д.; put heavy dues on cattle обкладывать скот высоким налогом || put a veto on /to/ smth. наложить вето на /запретить/ что-л.; put these customs under taboo запретить эти обычаи21) put smth. on the stage put a play ("Othello", etc.) on the stage поставить какую-л. пьесу и т.д. на сцене22) put smb. to smb. put a cow to a bull /а bull to a cow/ agric. спаривать корову с быком9. XXII1) put smth. into doing smth. put energy into finishing a task приложить энергию /усилия/ к завершению работы2) put smb. to doing smth. put a boy to shoemaking определить /отдать/ мальчика в учение к сапожнику3) put smb. to doing smth. I put her to setting the table я заставил ее накрыть на стол10. XXVIII2 -
16 ad
ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].I.As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.A.In space.1.Direction toward, to, toward, and first,a.Horizontally:b.fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:c.duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):2.tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.The point or goal at which any thing arrives.a.Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):(α).ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:(β).ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):(γ).oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:(δ).Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:(ε).postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:(ζ).miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:(η).nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:b.nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):3.via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):B.ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.In time, analogous to the relations given in A.1.Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:2.domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:3.ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:C.praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.The relations of number.1.An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):2.ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):D.ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.In the manifold relations of one object to another.1.That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.a.With verbs:b.ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—With adjectives:c.ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—With nouns:d.prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;2.jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):3.columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.a.The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:b.cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,(α).is done,(β).is designed, or,(γ). (α).Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):(β).venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:(γ).ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:4.haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:E.ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.Adverbial phrases with ad.1.Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:2.ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:3.nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):4.ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—Ad tempus.a.At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—b.At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—c.For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—d.According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—5.Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).a.For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—b.At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—6.Ad locum, on the spot:7.ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—8.Ad summam.a. b. 9.Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.a. (α).Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:(β).missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—Of time = telos de, at last, finally:(γ).ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;b.ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:10.consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—11.Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.► a.Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:b.traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:c.quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).II.In composition.A.Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—B.Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.1.Local.a. b.At, by: astare, adesse.—c. d.Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—2.Fig.a.To: adjudico, adsentior.—b.At or on: admiror, adludo.—c.Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—d.Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—e.Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—f.Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.
См. также в других словарях:
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The Canterbury Tales — is a collection of stories written by Geoffrey Chaucer in the 14th century (two of them in prose, the rest in verse). The tales, some of which are originals and others not, are contained inside a frame tale and told by a collection of pilgrims on … Wikipedia
The Wizard of Oz (1939 film) — The Wizard of Oz Theatrical release poster Directed by Victor Fleming Uncredited: Norman Taurog Richard Thorpe … Wikipedia
She Dwelt among the Untrodden Ways — author of She Dwelt among the Untrodden Ways .] She Dwelt among the Untrodden Ways is a three stanza poem written by the English Romantic poet William Wordsworth in 1798 when he was 28 years. The verse was first printed in Lyrical Ballads , 1800 … Wikipedia
The Vatican — The Vatican † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Vatican This subject will be treated under the following heads: I. Introduction; II. Architectural History of the Vatican Palace; III. Description of the Palace; IV. Description of the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Ovid among the Scythians — Artist Eugène Delacroix Year 1859 Type Oil on canvas Dimensions 87.6 cm × 130.2 cm (34.5 in × 51.3 in) … Wikipedia
First English Civil War — The First English Civil War (1642–1646) was the first of three wars known as the English Civil War (or Wars ). The English Civil War was a series of armed conflicts and political machinations which took place between Parliamentarians and… … Wikipedia
Never Kill a Boy on the First Date — This article is about the television episode. For the album, see Waterdown. Never Kill a Boy on the First Date Buffy the Vampire Slayer episode Buffy introduces Owen to Angel … Wikipedia
Aidyn Chronicles: The First Mage — North American box art Developer(s) H2O Interactive … Wikipedia
THE EVENTS — introduction European Jewry in the Early 1930s Germany in the Early 1930s the expansion of the reich … Encyclopedia of Judaism
The Benedictine Order — The Benedictine Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… … Catholic encyclopedia
